| #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H |
| #define __LINUX_NL80211_H |
| /* |
| * 802.11 netlink interface public header |
| * |
| * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <[email protected]> |
| * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <[email protected]> |
| * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <[email protected]> |
| * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <[email protected]> |
| * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <[email protected]> |
| * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <[email protected]> |
| * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <[email protected]> |
| * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH |
| * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation |
| * |
| * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any |
| * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above |
| * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. |
| * |
| * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES |
| * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF |
| * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR |
| * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES |
| * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN |
| * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF |
| * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
| * |
| */ |
| |
| /* |
| * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please |
| * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so |
| * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. |
| * |
| * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in |
| * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there |
| * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are |
| * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API |
| * can actually be identified and removed. |
| * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. |
| */ |
| |
| #include <linux/types.h> |
| |
| #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" |
| |
| #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" |
| #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" |
| #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" |
| #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" |
| #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" |
| #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" |
| #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Station handling |
| * |
| * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN |
| * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved |
| * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). |
| * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added |
| * to. |
| * |
| * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's |
| * capabilities. |
| * |
| * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS |
| * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: |
| * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate |
| * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions |
| * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid |
| * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same |
| * time mark it authorized. |
| * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used |
| * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down |
| * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) |
| * |
| * TODO: need more info for other interface types |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support |
| * |
| * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace |
| * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames |
| * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, |
| * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel |
| * for various reasons. |
| * |
| * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations |
| * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to |
| * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a |
| * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those |
| * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the |
| * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility |
| * for doing that. |
| * |
| * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the |
| * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy |
| * attributes so applications know what to expect. |
| * |
| * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, |
| * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is |
| * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can |
| * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but |
| * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they |
| * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. |
| * |
| * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required |
| * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, |
| * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its |
| * status is indicated to the sending socket. |
| * |
| * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions |
| * below. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities |
| * |
| * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have |
| * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this |
| * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions |
| * on the types of concurrency that are supported. |
| * |
| * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in |
| * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the |
| * types there no concurrency is implied. |
| * |
| * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: |
| * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in |
| * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's |
| * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and |
| * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN |
| * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list |
| * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. |
| * |
| * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is |
| * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, |
| * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the |
| * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of |
| * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions |
| * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported |
| * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially |
| * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. |
| * |
| * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual |
| * interfaces that a given device supports. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: packet coalesce support |
| * |
| * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast |
| * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the |
| * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing |
| * and power consumption. |
| * |
| * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts |
| * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some |
| * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the |
| * following events occur. |
| * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum |
| * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. |
| * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. |
| * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. |
| * |
| * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce |
| * rule. |
| * a) Maximum coalescing delay |
| * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched |
| * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' |
| * Multiple such rules can be created. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload |
| * |
| * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers |
| * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 |
| * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared |
| * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting |
| * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared |
| * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not |
| * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY. |
| * |
| * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be |
| * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL |
| * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload |
| * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS |
| * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the |
| * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present. |
| * |
| * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK |
| * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload |
| * |
| * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by |
| * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support |
| * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the |
| * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and |
| * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional |
| * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in |
| * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK |
| * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and |
| * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. |
| * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used |
| * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. |
| * |
| * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the |
| * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting |
| * up a connection or after roaming. |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated |
| * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace |
| * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used |
| * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. |
| * |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS |
| * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the |
| * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and |
| * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based |
| * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with |
| * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to |
| * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request |
| * to get a list of all present wiphys. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the |
| * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting |
| * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, |
| * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. |
| * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL |
| * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request |
| * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; |
| * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a |
| * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response |
| * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also |
| * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, |
| * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from |
| * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires |
| * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified |
| * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, |
| * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX |
| * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface |
| * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL |
| * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses |
| * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters |
| * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that |
| * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. |
| * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP |
| * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface |
| * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the |
| * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC |
| * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified |
| * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type |
| * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station |
| * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that |
| * frame). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to |
| * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to |
| * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the |
| * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC |
| * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified |
| * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set |
| * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device |
| * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the |
| * global regdomain will be returned. |
| * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the |
| * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel |
| * information will still be mended according to further hints from |
| * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API |
| * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as |
| * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). |
| * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then |
| * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory |
| * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command |
| * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory |
| * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our |
| * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides |
| * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each |
| * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain |
| * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will |
| * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the |
| * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the |
| * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The |
| * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management |
| * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be |
| * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be |
| * added to all specified management frames generated by |
| * kernel/firmware/driver. |
| * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this |
| * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this |
| * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the |
| * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, |
| * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, |
| * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results |
| * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the |
| * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to |
| * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will |
| * be used. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to |
| * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, |
| * partial scan results may be available |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain |
| * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is |
| * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, |
| * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. |
| * These attributes are mutually exculsive, |
| * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if |
| * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. |
| * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan |
| * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). |
| * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) |
| * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For |
| * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty |
| * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and |
| * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, |
| * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not |
| * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain |
| * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by |
| * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the |
| * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY |
| * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled |
| * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if |
| * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon |
| * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan |
| * results available. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has |
| * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a |
| * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware |
| * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running |
| * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the |
| * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface |
| * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation |
| * or noise level |
| * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to |
| * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC |
| * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK |
| * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or |
| * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS |
| * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier |
| * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an |
| * ESS. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC |
| * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS |
| * authentication. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain |
| * has been changed and provides details of the request information |
| * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request |
| * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx |
| * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if |
| * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or |
| * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain |
| * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is |
| * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on |
| * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). |
| * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon |
| * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or |
| * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel |
| * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example |
| * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your |
| * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while |
| * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not |
| * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP |
| * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will |
| * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always |
| * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had |
| * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to |
| * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from |
| * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred |
| * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) |
| * the beacon hint was processed. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. |
| * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and |
| * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the |
| * authentication process. |
| * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the |
| * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and |
| * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify |
| * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication |
| * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used |
| * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE |
| * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to |
| * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) |
| * to be added to the frame. |
| * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication |
| * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the |
| * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct |
| * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the |
| * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The |
| * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame |
| * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is |
| * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that |
| * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which |
| * pending authentication timed out). |
| * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like |
| * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation |
| * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, |
| * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the |
| * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not |
| * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is |
| * included). |
| * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like |
| * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to |
| * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication |
| * primitives). |
| * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like |
| * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to |
| * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael |
| * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the |
| * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of |
| * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key |
| * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this |
| * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a |
| * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) |
| * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those |
| * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be |
| * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ |
| * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, |
| * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not |
| * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). |
| * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is |
| * determined by the network interface. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute |
| * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through |
| * to the driver. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command |
| * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating |
| * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association |
| * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. |
| * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are |
| * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming |
| * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT |
| * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while |
| * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to |
| * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one |
| * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within |
| * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with |
| * a different BSS is desired. |
| * Background scan period can optionally be |
| * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, |
| * if not specified default background scan configuration |
| * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. |
| * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. |
| * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the |
| * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be |
| * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, |
| * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the |
| * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate |
| * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. |
| * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as |
| * well to remain backwards compatible. |
| * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way |
| * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when |
| * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. |
| * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if |
| * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way |
| * handshake), this event should be followed by an |
| * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify |
| * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other |
| * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices |
| * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified |
| * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do |
| * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for |
| * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus |
| * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the |
| * frequency for the operation. |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds |
| * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to |
| * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the |
| * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the |
| * radio). |
| * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) |
| * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; |
| * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a |
| * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been |
| * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the |
| * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to |
| * uniquely identify the request. |
| * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested |
| * remain-on-channel duration has expired. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX |
| * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface |
| * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames |
| * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command |
| * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for |
| * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) |
| * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame |
| * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or |
| * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration |
| * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink |
| * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for |
| * backward compatibility |
| * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This |
| * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and |
| * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in |
| * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a |
| * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the |
| * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used |
| * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was |
| * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel |
| * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel |
| * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time |
| * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation |
| * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the |
| * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the |
| * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA |
| * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute |
| * is used during CSA period. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this |
| * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait |
| * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame |
| * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies |
| * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the |
| * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged |
| * the frame. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for |
| * backward compatibility. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command |
| * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger |
| * levels. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This |
| * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was |
| * reached. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ |
| * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface |
| * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. |
| * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism |
| * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. |
| * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while |
| * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation |
| * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take |
| * precedence when they are used. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform |
| * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets |
| * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) |
| * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) |
| * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may |
| * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop |
| * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability |
| * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. |
| * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of |
| * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces |
| * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. |
| * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this |
| * command, the feature is disabled. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial |
| * mesh config parameters may be given. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the |
| * network is determined by the network interface. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame |
| * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected |
| * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame |
| * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected |
| * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a |
| * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only |
| * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer |
| * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, |
| * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or |
| * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this |
| * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station |
| * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from |
| * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the |
| * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later |
| * depending on the authentication result. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. |
| * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports |
| * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this |
| * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For |
| * more background information, see |
| * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. |
| * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification |
| * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason |
| * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present |
| * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the |
| * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver |
| * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This |
| * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data |
| * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and |
| * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, |
| * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to |
| * inform userspace of the new replay counter. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace |
| * of PMKSA caching dandidates. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). |
| * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take |
| * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). |
| * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested |
| * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with |
| * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). |
| * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be |
| * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as |
| * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 |
| * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently |
| * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES |
| * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in |
| * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP |
| * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to |
| * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 |
| * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame |
| * is received. |
| * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and |
| * other attributes like the interface index are present. |
| * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can |
| * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription |
| * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the |
| * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame |
| * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly |
| * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface |
| * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is |
| * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a |
| * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match |
| * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and |
| * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from |
| * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement |
| * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME |
| * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether |
| * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels |
| * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the |
| * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be |
| * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA |
| * from the remote AP) is completed; |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch |
| * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator |
| * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or |
| * initiated on our own). It indicates that |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ |
| * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may |
| * decide to react to this indication by requesting other |
| * interfaces to change channel as well. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by |
| * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with |
| * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the |
| * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and |
| * public action frame TX. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by |
| * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to |
| * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a |
| * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON |
| * is used for this. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames |
| * for IBSS or MESH vif. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. |
| * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC |
| * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it |
| * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver |
| * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This |
| * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its |
| * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once |
| * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished |
| * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with |
| * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars |
| * while operating on this channel. |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the |
| * event. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, |
| * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. |
| * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition |
| * Information Element to the WLAN driver |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver |
| * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along |
| * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report |
| * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running |
| * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to |
| * complete. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can |
| * return back to normal. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the |
| * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) |
| * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the |
| * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel |
| * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform |
| * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel |
| * switch is complete. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified |
| * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. |
| * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is |
| * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions |
| * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. |
| * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. |
| * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If |
| * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this |
| * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an |
| * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO |
| * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. |
| * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by |
| * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets |
| * up the TX TS in the driver/device. |
| * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks |
| * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to |
| * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would |
| * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still |
| * fail even if the check was successful. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID |
| * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this |
| * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating |
| * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to |
| * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and |
| * bandwidth of a channel must be given. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the |
| * network is determined by the network interface. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, |
| * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is |
| * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining |
| * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. |
| * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching |
| * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the |
| * AP. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS |
| * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel |
| * when this command completes. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used |
| * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom |
| * management. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is |
| * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through |
| * cfg80211_scan_done(). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been |
| * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it |
| * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a |
| * cluster. This command must have a valid |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is |
| * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will |
| * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be |
| * added. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by |
| * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined |
| * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this |
| * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id |
| * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) |
| * of the function upon success. |
| * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right |
| * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination |
| * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new |
| * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one |
| * which just terminated. |
| * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command |
| * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes |
| * the response to this command. |
| * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. |
| * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is |
| * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID |
| * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN |
| * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN |
| * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following |
| * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the |
| * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but |
| * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care |
| * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). |
| * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. |
| * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters |
| * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal |
| * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it |
| * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, |
| * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 |
| * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). |
| * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the |
| * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously |
| * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. |
| * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way |
| * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is |
| * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake |
| * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with |
| * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed |
| * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request |
| * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit |
| * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame |
| * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the |
| * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or |
| * 802.11 headers. |
| * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added |
| * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame |
| * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host |
| * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and |
| * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. |
| * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) |
| * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to |
| * driver) to indicate the authentication status. |
| * |
| * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to |
| * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses |
| * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user |
| * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user |
| * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds |
| * further with the association after getting successful authentication |
| * status. User space indicates the authentication status through |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH |
| * command interface. |
| * |
| * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the |
| * user space through the connect result as the user space would have |
| * initiated the connection through the connect request. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's |
| * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its |
| * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in |
| * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number |
| * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_commands { |
| /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ |
| NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, |
| NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, |
| NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, |
| NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, |
| NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, |
| NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, |
| NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, |
| NL80211_CMD_START_AP, |
| NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, |
| NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, |
| NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, |
| NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, |
| NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, |
| NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, |
| NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, |
| NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, |
| NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, |
| NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, |
| NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, |
| NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, |
| NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, |
| NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, |
| NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, |
| NL80211_CMD_ROAM, |
| NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, |
| NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, |
| NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, |
| NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, |
| NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, |
| NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, |
| NL80211_CMD_FRAME, |
| NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, |
| NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, |
| NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, |
| NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, |
| NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, |
| NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, |
| NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, |
| NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, |
| NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, |
| NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, |
| NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, |
| NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, |
| NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, |
| NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, |
| NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, |
| NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, |
| NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, |
| NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, |
| NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, |
| NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, |
| NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, |
| NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, |
| |
| NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, |
| |
| /* add new commands above here */ |
| |
| /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ |
| __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /* |
| * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them |
| * here |
| */ |
| #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS |
| #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE |
| #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE |
| #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE |
| #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE |
| #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE |
| #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE |
| #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT |
| |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS |
| |
| /* source-level API compatibility */ |
| #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG |
| #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG |
| #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. |
| * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, |
| * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
| * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values |
| * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the |
| * documentation of the enum for more information. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the |
| * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the |
| * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ |
| * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): |
| * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including |
| * this attribute) |
| * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only |
| * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel |
| * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel |
| * This attribute is now deprecated. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is |
| * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; |
| * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is |
| * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; |
| * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum |
| * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable |
| * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length |
| * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: |
| * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 |
| * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices |
| * that don't have a netdev (u64) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of |
| * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC |
| * keys |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 |
| * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and |
| * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the |
| * default management key |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or |
| * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or |
| * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of |
| * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by |
| * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported |
| * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length |
| * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station |
| * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info |
| * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing |
| * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, |
| * consisting of a nested array. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link |
| * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path |
| * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at |
| * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of |
| * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the |
| * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. |
| * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel |
| * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can |
| * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set |
| * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the |
| * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. |
| * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain |
| * to a specific alpha2. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory |
| * rules. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled |
| * (u8, 0 or 1) |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled |
| * (u8, 0 or 1) |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic |
| * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length |
| * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from |
| * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all |
| * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number |
| * of the interface mode. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for |
| * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with |
| * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with |
| * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can |
| * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements |
| * that can be added to a scan request |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information |
| * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be |
| * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive |
| * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain |
| * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently |
| * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies |
| * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) |
| * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header |
| * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and |
| * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, |
| * represented as a u32 |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and |
| * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as |
| * a u32 |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change |
| * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects |
| * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This |
| * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing |
| * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change |
| * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects |
| * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This |
| * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing |
| * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported |
| * cipher suites |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look |
| * for other networks on different channels |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this |
| * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is |
| * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); |
| * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and |
| * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for |
| * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it |
| * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. |
| * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will |
| * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a |
| * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls |
| * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in |
| * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE |
| * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until |
| * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by |
| * default in station mode. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the |
| * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be |
| * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not |
| * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This |
| * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to |
| * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom |
| * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control |
| * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) |
| * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 |
| * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending |
| * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the |
| * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead |
| * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is |
| * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER |
| * flag. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. |
| * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT |
| * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to |
| * a local disconnect request. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT |
| * event (u16) |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating |
| * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to |
| * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON |
| * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection |
| * (an array of u32). |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to |
| * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a |
| * u32). |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to |
| * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using |
| * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to |
| * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as |
| * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as |
| * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT |
| * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use |
| * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the |
| * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is |
| * used for the initial association to an ESS. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with |
| * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() |
| * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each |
| * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for |
| * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being |
| * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has |
| * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that |
| * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it |
| * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated |
| * completely from scratch. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of |
| * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute |
| * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can |
| * cache, a wiphy attribute. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that |
| * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the |
| * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes |
| * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The |
| * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested |
| * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all |
| * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute |
| * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, |
| * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must |
| * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. |
| * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended |
| * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, |
| * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and |
| * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain |
| * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the |
| * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a |
| * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing |
| * information about which frame types can be transmitted with |
| * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a |
| * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing |
| * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was |
| * acknowledged by the recipient. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a |
| * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command |
| * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without |
| * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with |
| * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, |
| * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations |
| * connected to this BSS. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See |
| * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. |
| * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING |
| * for non-automatic settings. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly |
| * means support for per-station GTKs. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. |
| * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should |
| * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this |
| * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. |
| * |
| * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first |
| * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n |
| * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to |
| * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if |
| * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. |
| * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be |
| * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. |
| * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. |
| * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot |
| * support by returning -EINVAL. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. |
| * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should |
| * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap |
| * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. |
| * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available |
| * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available |
| * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be |
| * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match |
| * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this |
| * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an |
| * nl80211 capability flag. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags |
| * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. |
| * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be |
| * changed once the mesh is active. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute |
| * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver |
| * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via |
| * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in |
| * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link |
| * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or |
| * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy |
| * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to |
| * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also |
| * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN |
| * triggers. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan |
| * cycles, in msecs. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more |
| * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs |
| * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are |
| * pass-thru filter rules. |
| * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a |
| * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of |
| * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are |
| * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be |
| * able to ignore them by itself. |
| * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but |
| * this is only an optimization and the userspace application |
| * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. |
| * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with |
| * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID |
| * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes |
| * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. |
| * If ommited, no filtering is done. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported |
| * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes |
| * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that |
| * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to |
| * any restrictions in their number or combinations. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information |
| * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, |
| * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry |
| * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but |
| * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon |
| * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see |
| * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. |
| * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to |
| * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the |
| * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association |
| * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and |
| * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into |
| * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to |
| * (Re)Association Request frames. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration |
| * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working |
| * as AP. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of |
| * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching |
| * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not |
| * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action |
| * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space |
| * applications use this attribute. |
| * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and |
| * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup |
| * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are |
| * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a |
| * TDLS conversation between two devices. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see |
| * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate |
| * as a TDLS peer sta. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown |
| * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via |
| * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be |
| * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices |
| * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated |
| * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see |
| * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells |
| * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, |
| * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is |
| * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from |
| * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe |
| * requests while operating in AP-mode. |
| * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for |
| * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire |
| * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, |
| * to be filled by the FW. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable |
| * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the |
| * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. |
| * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. |
| * The values that may be configured are: |
| * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 |
| * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. |
| * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored |
| * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in |
| * the station debugfs ht_caps file. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country |
| * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps |
| * to one DFS region. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of |
| * up to 16 TIDs. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be |
| * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support |
| * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from |
| * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the |
| * capability to timeout the stations. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); |
| * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to |
| * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds |
| * or 0 to disable background scan. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from |
| * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from |
| * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source |
| * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of |
| * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected |
| * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason |
| * enum has different reasons of connection failure. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. |
| * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), |
| * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the |
| * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with |
| * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into |
| * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the |
| * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and |
| * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data |
| * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition |
| * consistent. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from |
| * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with |
| * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the |
| * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; |
| * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS |
| * no change is made. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode |
| * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, |
| * carried in a u32 attribute |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for |
| * MAC ACL. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum |
| * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC |
| * ACL. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, |
| * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver |
| * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See |
| * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver |
| * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to |
| * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are |
| * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations |
| * and PU-APSD. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see |
| * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports |
| * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple |
| * messages, given with wiphy dump message |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information |
| * Element |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased |
| * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which |
| * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). |
| * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being |
| * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to |
| * update a TDLS peer STA entry. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's |
| * until the channel switch event. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission |
| * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch |
| * operation). |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information |
| * for the time while performing a channel switch. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel |
| * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel |
| * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. |
| * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported |
| * supported operating classes. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space |
| * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in |
| * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS |
| * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required |
| * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the |
| * IBSS network. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports |
| * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports |
| * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode |
| * Notification Element based on association request when used with |
| * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when |
| * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); |
| * u8 attribute. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if |
| * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this |
| * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy |
| * info, containing a nested array of possible events |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This |
| * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element |
| * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many |
| * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. |
| * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., |
| * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to |
| * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt |
| * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which |
| * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum |
| * supported number of csa counters. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. |
| * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface |
| * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket |
| * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. |
| * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be |
| * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will |
| * be stopped when the socket is closed. |
| * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the |
| * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket |
| * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be |
| * cleared when the socket is closed. |
| * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed |
| * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN |
| * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this |
| * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN |
| * multicast group. |
| * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the |
| * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. |
| * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically |
| * torn down when the socket is closed. |
| * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be |
| * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. |
| * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically |
| * disabled when the socket is closed. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is |
| * the TDLS link initiator. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection |
| * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be |
| * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. |
| * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the |
| * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: |
| * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, |
| * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, |
| * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: |
| * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM |
| * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the |
| * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability |
| * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout |
| * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack |
| * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower |
| * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled |
| * setting valid value for coverage class. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds |
| * (per second) (u16 attribute) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see |
| * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device |
| * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain |
| * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global |
| * cfg80211 regdomain. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte |
| * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum |
| * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the |
| * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 |
| * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 |
| * of byte 3 (u8 array). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be |
| * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY |
| * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio |
| * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) |
| * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information |
| * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters |
| * over all channels. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a |
| * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN |
| * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the |
| * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. |
| |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device |
| * is operating in an indoor environment. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for |
| * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for |
| * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in |
| * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. |
| * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval |
| * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, |
| * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval |
| * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. |
| * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate |
| * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request |
| * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start |
| * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the |
| * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains |
| * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what |
| * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT |
| * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for |
| * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported |
| * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per |
| * interface type. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO |
| * groupID for monitor mode. |
| * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each |
| * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), |
| * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in |
| * that group and 0 for not being a member. |
| * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for |
| * each group. |
| * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger |
| * group numbers on least significant bits.) |
| * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. |
| * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO |
| * groupID data. |
| * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow |
| * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. |
| * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address |
| * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually |
| * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that |
| * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this |
| * attribute must not be included). |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the |
| * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with |
| * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN |
| * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates |
| * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is |
| * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration |
| * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is |
| * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by |
| * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with |
| * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. |
| * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and |
| * should not be used during a normal device operation. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 |
| * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum |
| * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 |
| * would be set. This attribute is used with |
| * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and |
| * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and |
| * the device will decide what to use. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See |
| * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested |
| * attribute. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. |
| * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame |
| * protection. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association |
| * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet |
| * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast |
| * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also |
| * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which |
| * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current |
| * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. |
| * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to |
| * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than |
| * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid |
| * unnecessary wakeups. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in |
| * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out |
| * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure |
| * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. |
| * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, |
| * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) |
| * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with |
| * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part |
| * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with |
| * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number |
| * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data |
| * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the |
| * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK |
| * from successful FILS authentication and is used with |
| * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP |
| * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with |
| * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with |
| * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. |
| * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way |
| * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is |
| * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute |
| * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to |
| * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled |
| * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include |
| * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it |
| * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external |
| * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an |
| * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the |
| * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user |
| * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used |
| * only with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request. The driver may offload |
| * authentication processing to user space if this capability is indicated |
| * in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests from the user space. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this |
| * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum |
| * nl80211_txq_stats) |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. |
| * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the |
| * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is |
| * enforced. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes |
| * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from |
| * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set |
| * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include |
| * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing |
| * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as |
| * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder |
| * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. |
| * |
| * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined |
| * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_attrs { |
| /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ |
| NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, |
| NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, |
| NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAC, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, |
| NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, |
| NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, |
| NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, |
| NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, |
| NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, |
| NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, |
| NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, |
| NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, |
| NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, |
| NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, |
| NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, |
| NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, |
| NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, |
| NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, |
| NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, |
| NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, |
| NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, |
| NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, |
| NL80211_ATTR_IE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, |
| NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, |
| NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ |
| NL80211_ATTR_BSS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, |
| NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, |
| NL80211_ATTR_SSID, |
| NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, |
| NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, |
| NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, |
| |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, |
| NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, |
| NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, |
| NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, |
| NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_KEY, |
| NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_PID, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_ACK, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_CQM, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, |
| NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, |
| NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, |
| NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, |
| NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, |
| NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, |
| NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, |
| NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, |
| NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, |
| NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, |
| NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, |
| NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, |
| NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, |
| NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, |
| NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, |
| NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, |
| NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, |
| NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MDID, |
| NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, |
| NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, |
| NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, |
| NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, |
| NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_TSID, |
| NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, |
| NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, |
| NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_PAD, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, |
| NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, |
| NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, |
| NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, |
| NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, |
| NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, |
| NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, |
| NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, |
| NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, |
| NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, |
| NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, |
| NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, |
| NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, |
| NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_PMK, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, |
| NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, |
| NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, |
| NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, |
| NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_NSS, |
| NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, |
| NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, |
| NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, |
| NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, |
| |
| /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ |
| |
| __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
| NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /* source-level API compatibility */ |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA |
| |
| /* |
| * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them |
| * here |
| */ |
| #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS |
| |
| #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 |
| |
| #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 |
| #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 |
| #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64 |
| #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 |
| #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 |
| #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 |
| #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 |
| #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 |
| #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 |
| #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 |
| #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 |
| #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 |
| |
| #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 |
| |
| /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ |
| #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 |
| |
| #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types |
| * |
| * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides |
| * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member |
| * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member |
| * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point |
| * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces |
| * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing |
| * AP type interface. |
| * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface |
| * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames |
| * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point |
| * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client |
| * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner |
| * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev |
| * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the |
| * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE |
| * commands to create and destroy one |
| * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS |
| * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true |
| * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) |
| * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined |
| * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types |
| * |
| * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE |
| * to set the type of an interface. |
| * |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_iftype { |
| NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, |
| NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, |
| NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, |
| NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, |
| NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, |
| NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, |
| NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, |
| NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, |
| NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, |
| NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, |
| NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, |
| NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, |
| NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, |
| NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags |
| * |
| * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is |
| * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) |
| * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames |
| * with short barker preamble |
| * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable |
| * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection |
| * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated |
| * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should |
| * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the |
| * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and |
| * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected |
| * as errors.) |
| * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers |
| * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a |
| * previously added station into associated state |
| * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined |
| * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_sta_flags { |
| __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, |
| NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, |
| NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, |
| NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, |
| NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, |
| NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, |
| NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, |
| NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS |
| * |
| * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism |
| * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism |
| * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { |
| NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, |
| NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, |
| |
| NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, |
| }; |
| |
| #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER |
| |
| /** |
| * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set |
| * @mask: mask of station flags to set |
| * @set: which values to set them to |
| * |
| * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. |
| */ |
| struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { |
| __u32 mask; |
| __u32 set; |
| } __attribute__((packed)); |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_he_gi { |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information |
| * |
| * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE |
| * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. |
| * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents |
| * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. |
| * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported |
| * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits |
| * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. |
| * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall |
| * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the |
| * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is |
| * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. |
| * half the base (20 MHz) rate |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is |
| * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. |
| * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier |
| * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) |
| * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then |
| * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) |
| * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_rate_info { |
| __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA |
| * |
| * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM |
| * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) |
| * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled |
| * (flag) |
| * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled |
| * (flag) |
| * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) |
| * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) |
| * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined |
| * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { |
| __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, |
| NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, |
| NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, |
| NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, |
| NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, |
| NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information |
| * |
| * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO |
| * when getting information about a station. |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) |
| * (u32, from this station) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) |
| * (u32, to this station) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) |
| * (u64, from this station) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) |
| * (u64, to this station) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute |
| * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) |
| * (u32, from this station) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) |
| * (u32, to this station) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) |
| * (u32, to this station) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station |
| * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested |
| * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute |
| * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards |
| * non-peer STA |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU |
| * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average |
| * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. |
| * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the |
| * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons |
| * (u64) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average |
| * for beacons only (u8, dBm) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) |
| * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the |
| * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; |
| * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats |
| * attributes carrying the actual values. |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames |
| * received from the station (u64, usec) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) |
| * (u32, from this station) |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received |
| * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include |
| * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter |
| * might not be fully accurate. |
| * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal |
| * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_sta_info { |
| __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ |
| #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG |
| |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes |
| * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) |
| * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or |
| * attempted to transmit; u64) |
| * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for |
| * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) |
| * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted |
| * MSDUs (u64) |
| * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment |
| * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) |
| * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here |
| * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_tid_stats { |
| __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, |
| NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, |
| NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, |
| NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, |
| NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, |
| NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, |
| NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, |
| NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes |
| * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently |
| * backlogged |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow |
| * (only for per-phy stats) |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_txq_stats { |
| __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, |
| NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, |
| NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, |
| NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, |
| NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, |
| NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, |
| NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, |
| NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, |
| NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, |
| NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, |
| NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, |
| NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, |
| NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active |
| * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running |
| * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN |
| * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set |
| * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_mpath_flags { |
| NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, |
| NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, |
| NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, |
| NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, |
| NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information |
| * |
| * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting |
| * information about a mesh path. |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination |
| * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number |
| * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path |
| * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now |
| * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in |
| * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; |
| * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec |
| * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries |
| * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number |
| * currently defind |
| * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_mpath_info { |
| __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, |
| NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, |
| NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, |
| NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, |
| NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, |
| NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, |
| NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, |
| NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute |
| * for each interface type that supports the band data |
| * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE |
| * capabilities IE |
| * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE |
| * capabilities IE |
| * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE |
| * capabilities IE |
| * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as |
| * defined in HE capabilities IE |
| * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently |
| * defined |
| * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { |
| __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, |
| |
| NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, |
| NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, |
| NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, |
| NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, |
| NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes |
| * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, |
| * an array of nested frequency attributes |
| * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, |
| * an array of nested bitrate attributes |
| * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as |
| * defined in 802.11n |
| * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE |
| * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n |
| * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n |
| * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as |
| * defined in 802.11ac |
| * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE |
| * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using |
| * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr |
| * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined |
| * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_band_attr { |
| __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, |
| NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, |
| NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, |
| |
| NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, |
| NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, |
| NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, |
| NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, |
| |
| NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, |
| NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, |
| NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. |
| * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. |
| * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. |
| * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. |
| * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. |
| * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_wmm_rule { |
| __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, |
| NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, |
| NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, |
| NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, |
| NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, |
| NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes |
| * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current |
| * regulatory domain. |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation |
| * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe |
| * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory |
| * on this channel in current regulatory domain. |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm |
| * (100 * dBm). |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS |
| * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long |
| * this channel is in this DFS state. |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this |
| * channel as the control channel |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this |
| * channel as the control channel |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel |
| * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, |
| * this includes 80+80 channels |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel |
| * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels |
| * isn't possible |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this |
| * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be |
| * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in |
| * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not |
| * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master |
| * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this |
| * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on |
| * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz |
| * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS |
| * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be |
| * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under |
| * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS |
| * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and |
| * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., |
| * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this |
| * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed |
| * on this channel in current regulatory domain. |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed |
| * on this channel in current regulatory domain. |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. |
| * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. |
| * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) |
| * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number |
| * currently defined |
| * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| * |
| * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 |
| * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed |
| * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and |
| * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_frequency_attr { |
| __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, |
| __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER |
| #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR |
| #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR |
| #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR |
| #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ |
| NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes |
| * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps |
| * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported |
| * in 2.4 GHz band. |
| * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number |
| * currently defined |
| * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { |
| __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, |
| NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, |
| NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request |
| * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world |
| * regulatory domain. |
| * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the |
| * regulatory domain. |
| * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the |
| * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. |
| * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an |
| * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it |
| * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country |
| * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information |
| * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. |
| * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should |
| * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_reg_initiator { |
| NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, |
| NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, |
| NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, |
| NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain |
| * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains |
| * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the |
| * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. |
| * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory |
| * domain. |
| * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom |
| * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide |
| * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested |
| * them to be applied. |
| * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product |
| * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously |
| * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory |
| * domain request to be processed. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_reg_type { |
| NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, |
| NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, |
| NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, |
| NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes |
| * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional |
| * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the |
| * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory |
| * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory |
| * band edge. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule |
| * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory |
| * band edge. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this |
| * frequency range, in KHz. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain |
| * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). |
| * If you don't have one then don't send this. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for |
| * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. |
| * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. |
| * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number |
| * currently defined |
| * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { |
| __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, |
| NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, |
| NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, |
| NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, |
| NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, |
| |
| NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes |
| * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, |
| * only report BSS with matching SSID. |
| * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) |
| * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a |
| * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that |
| * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as |
| * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a |
| * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with |
| * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, |
| * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this |
| * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. |
| * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether |
| * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or |
| * relative to current bss's RSSI. |
| * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for |
| * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing |
| * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure |
| * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. |
| * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching |
| * (this cannot be used together with SSID). |
| * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter |
| * attribute number currently defined |
| * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { |
| __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, |
| |
| NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, |
| NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, |
| NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, |
| NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, |
| NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = |
| __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /* only for backward compatibility */ |
| #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags |
| * |
| * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed |
| * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed |
| * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed |
| * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed |
| * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used |
| * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links |
| * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links |
| * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, |
| * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require |
| * beaconing. |
| * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated |
| * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross |
| * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. |
| * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT |
| * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation |
| * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation |
| * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed |
| * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { |
| NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, |
| NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, |
| NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, |
| NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, |
| NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, |
| NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, |
| NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, |
| NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, |
| __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, |
| NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, |
| NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, |
| NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, |
| NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, |
| NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, |
| NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, |
| }; |
| |
| #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR |
| #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR |
| #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR |
| #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ |
| NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) |
| #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT |
| |
| /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ |
| #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions |
| * |
| * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified |
| * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC |
| * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI |
| * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_dfs_regions { |
| NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, |
| NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, |
| NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, |
| NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint |
| * |
| * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always |
| * assumed if the attribute is not set. |
| * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular |
| * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work |
| * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints |
| * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature |
| * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will |
| * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device |
| * present has been registered with the wireless core that |
| * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a |
| * supported feature. |
| * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the |
| * platform is operating in an indoor environment. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { |
| NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, |
| NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, |
| NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information |
| * |
| * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO |
| * when getting information about a survey. |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel |
| * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) |
| * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used |
| * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio |
| * was turned on (on channel or globally) |
| * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary |
| * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) |
| * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension |
| * channel was sensed busy |
| * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent |
| * receiving data (on channel or globally) |
| * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent |
| * transmitting data (on channel or globally) |
| * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan |
| * (on this channel or globally) |
| * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment |
| * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number |
| * currently defined |
| * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_survey_info { |
| __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, |
| NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, |
| NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, |
| NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, |
| NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, |
| NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, |
| NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, |
| NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, |
| NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, |
| NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, |
| NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /* keep old names for compatibility */ |
| #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME |
| #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY |
| #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY |
| #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX |
| #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags |
| * |
| * Monitor configuration flags. |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS |
| * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP |
| * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames |
| * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering |
| * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. |
| * overrides all other flags. |
| * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address |
| * and ACK incoming unicast packets. |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_mntr_flags { |
| __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, |
| NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, |
| NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, |
| NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, |
| NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, |
| NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, |
| NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is |
| * not known or has not been set yet. |
| * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is |
| * in Awake state all the time. |
| * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will |
| * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for |
| * neighbor's beacons. |
| * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will |
| * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up |
| * for neighbor's beacons. |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use |
| * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level |
| */ |
| |
| enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { |
| NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, |
| NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, |
| NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, |
| NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, |
| |
| __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters |
| * |
| * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is |
| * active. |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in |
| * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in |
| * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in |
| * millisecond units |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed |
| * on this mesh interface |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link |
| * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a |
| * mesh |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh |
| * point. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open |
| * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if |
| * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are |
| * set. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames |
| * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path |
| * target) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths |
| * (in milliseconds) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait |
| * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh |
| * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from |
| * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in |
| * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ |
| * reference element |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) |
| * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the |
| * mesh |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a |
| * source mesh point for path selection elements. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between |
| * root announcements are transmitted. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has |
| * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root |
| * Announcement frames. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in |
| * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a |
| * PERR element. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding |
| * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the |
| * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish |
| * a peer link. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors |
| * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method |
| * (see 11C.12.2.2) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for |
| * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding |
| * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between |
| * proactive PREQs are transmitted. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time |
| * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame |
| * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. |
| * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've |
| * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then |
| * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable |
| * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_meshconf_params { |
| __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters |
| * |
| * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be |
| * changed while the mesh is active. |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a |
| * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the |
| * default HWMP. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a |
| * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime |
| * metric. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a |
| * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element |
| * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and |
| * metrics in use. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication |
| * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication |
| * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of |
| * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of |
| * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer |
| * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE |
| * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and |
| * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can |
| * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a |
| * userspace daemon. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a |
| * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default |
| * neighbor offset synchronization |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will |
| * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication |
| * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). |
| * Default is no authentication method required. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { |
| __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, |
| NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, |
| NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, |
| NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, |
| NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, |
| NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, |
| NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, |
| NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, |
| NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes |
| * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning |
| * disabled |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form |
| * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form |
| * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] |
| * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal |
| * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_txq_attr { |
| __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, |
| NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, |
| NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, |
| NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, |
| NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, |
| NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| enum nl80211_ac { |
| NL80211_AC_VO, |
| NL80211_AC_VI, |
| NL80211_AC_BE, |
| NL80211_AC_BK, |
| NL80211_NUM_ACS |
| }; |
| |
| /* backward compat */ |
| #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC |
| #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO |
| #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI |
| #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE |
| #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type |
| * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel |
| * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel |
| * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel |
| * below the control channel |
| * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel |
| * above the control channel |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_channel_type { |
| NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, |
| NL80211_CHAN_HT20, |
| NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, |
| NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions |
| * |
| * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH |
| * attribute. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel |
| * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel |
| * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
| * attribute must be provided as well |
| * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
| * attribute must be provided as well |
| * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
| * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well |
| * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
| * attribute must be provided as well |
| * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel |
| * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_chan_width { |
| NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, |
| NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, |
| NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, |
| NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, |
| NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, |
| NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, |
| NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, |
| NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS |
| * |
| * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible |
| * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide |
| * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { |
| NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, |
| NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, |
| NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid |
| * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) |
| * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) |
| * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) |
| * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be |
| * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon |
| * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) |
| * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) |
| * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) |
| * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the |
| * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); |
| * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is |
| * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise |
| * they are from a Beacon frame. |
| * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these |
| * IEs may be from either frame subtype. |
| * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the |
| * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. |
| * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon |
| * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) |
| * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon |
| * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) |
| * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" |
| * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms |
| * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information |
| * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has |
| * yet been received |
| * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel |
| * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) |
| * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) |
| * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) |
| * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and |
| * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) |
| * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry |
| * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be |
| * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) |
| * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment |
| * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first |
| * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for |
| * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by |
| * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). |
| * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF |
| * is set. |
| * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. |
| * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), |
| * using the nesting index as the antenna number. |
| * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal |
| * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_bss { |
| __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, |
| NL80211_BSS_BSSID, |
| NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, |
| NL80211_BSS_TSF, |
| NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, |
| NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, |
| NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, |
| NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, |
| NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, |
| NL80211_BSS_STATUS, |
| NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, |
| NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, |
| NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, |
| NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, |
| NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, |
| NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, |
| NL80211_BSS_PAD, |
| NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, |
| NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, |
| NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" |
| * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. |
| * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer |
| * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with |
| * a given BSS. |
| * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. |
| * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. |
| * |
| * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which |
| * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_bss_status { |
| NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, |
| NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, |
| NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType |
| * |
| * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication |
| * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) |
| * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) |
| * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) |
| * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals |
| * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key |
| * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS |
| * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key |
| * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal |
| * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm |
| * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by |
| * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out |
| * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_auth_type { |
| NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, |
| NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, |
| NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, |
| NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, |
| NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, |
| NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, |
| NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, |
| NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, |
| NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, |
| NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type |
| * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key |
| * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key |
| * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) |
| * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_key_type { |
| NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, |
| NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, |
| NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, |
| |
| NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state |
| * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used |
| * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required |
| * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_mfp { |
| NL80211_MFP_NO, |
| NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, |
| NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, |
| }; |
| |
| enum nl80211_wpa_versions { |
| NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, |
| NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types |
| * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid |
| * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default |
| * unicast key |
| * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default |
| * multicast key |
| * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_key_default_types { |
| __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, |
| NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, |
| NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, |
| |
| NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes |
| * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid |
| * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of |
| * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC |
| * keys |
| * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) |
| * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 |
| * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) |
| * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and |
| * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian |
| * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key |
| * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key |
| * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not |
| * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was |
| * given with the command using the key or not (u32) |
| * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags |
| * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. |
| * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. |
| * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal |
| * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_key_attributes { |
| __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, |
| NL80211_KEY_DATA, |
| NL80211_KEY_IDX, |
| NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, |
| NL80211_KEY_SEQ, |
| NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, |
| NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, |
| NL80211_KEY_TYPE, |
| NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes |
| * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid |
| * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection |
| * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with |
| * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most |
| * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). |
| * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection |
| * in an array of MCS numbers. |
| * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, |
| * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht |
| * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi |
| * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal |
| * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { |
| __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, |
| NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, |
| NL80211_TXRATE_HT, |
| NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, |
| NL80211_TXRATE_GI, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT |
| #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 |
| |
| /** |
| * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap |
| * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) |
| */ |
| struct nl80211_txrate_vht { |
| __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; |
| }; |
| |
| enum nl80211_txrate_gi { |
| NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, |
| NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, |
| NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band |
| * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band |
| * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) |
| * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) |
| * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace |
| * since newer kernel versions may support more bands |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_band { |
| NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, |
| NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, |
| NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, |
| |
| NUM_NL80211_BANDS, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state |
| * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled |
| * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_ps_state { |
| NL80211_PS_DISABLED, |
| NL80211_PS_ENABLED, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes |
| * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies |
| * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero |
| * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is |
| * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of |
| * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value |
| * crosses any of the thresholds. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies |
| * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a |
| * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many |
| * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures |
| * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an |
| * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is |
| * checked. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic |
| * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an |
| * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon |
| * loss event |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the |
| * RSSI threshold event. |
| * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_attr_cqm { |
| __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event |
| * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the |
| * configured threshold |
| * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the |
| * configured threshold |
| * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { |
| NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, |
| NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, |
| NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, |
| }; |
| |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment |
| * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power |
| * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter |
| * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { |
| NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, |
| NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, |
| NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute |
| * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute |
| * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has |
| * a zero bit are ignored |
| * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have |
| * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds |
| * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are |
| * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern |
| * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. |
| * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where |
| * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of |
| * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". |
| * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not |
| * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked |
| * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. |
| * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after |
| * these fixed number of bytes of received packet |
| * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes |
| * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { |
| __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, |
| NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, |
| NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, |
| NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, |
| |
| NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, |
| MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information |
| * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported |
| * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern |
| * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern |
| * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset |
| * |
| * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when |
| * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given |
| * by the kernel to userspace. |
| */ |
| struct nl80211_pattern_support { |
| __u32 max_patterns; |
| __u32 min_pattern_len; |
| __u32 max_pattern_len; |
| __u32 max_pkt_offset; |
| } __attribute__((packed)); |
| |
| /* only for backward compatibility */ |
| #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID |
| #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK |
| #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN |
| #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET |
| #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT |
| #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT |
| #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions |
| * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put |
| * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have |
| * support for low-power operation already (flag) |
| * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if |
| * any others are even supported by the device. |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect |
| * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed |
| * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns |
| * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute |
| * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. |
| * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with |
| * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is |
| * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the |
| * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. |
| * |
| * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute |
| * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. |
| * |
| * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based |
| * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed |
| * to the kernel when configuring. |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be |
| * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported |
| * by the device (flag) |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if |
| * done by the device) (flag) |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request |
| * packet (flag) |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released |
| * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains |
| * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame |
| * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN |
| * attribute contains the original length. |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 |
| * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 |
| * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the |
| * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may |
| * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute |
| * contains the original length. |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 |
| * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 |
| * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section |
| * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute |
| * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive |
| * the TCP connection. |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the |
| * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the |
| * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, |
| * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the |
| * service |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network |
| * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the |
| * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It |
| * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the |
| * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan |
| * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This |
| * attribute is also sent in a response to |
| * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets |
| * supported by the driver (u32). |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute |
| * containing an array with information about what triggered the |
| * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means |
| * that the information is not available. If more than one |
| * element is present, it means that more than one match |
| * occurred. |
| * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains |
| * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of |
| * these attributes must be present. If |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one |
| * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one |
| * channel. |
| * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers |
| * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number |
| * |
| * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and |
| * to report the wakeup reason(s). |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { |
| __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, |
| MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: TCP connection wakeup |
| * |
| * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a |
| * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If |
| * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given |
| * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data |
| * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. |
| * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence |
| * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also |
| * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive |
| * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. |
| * |
| * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the |
| * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern |
| * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the |
| * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is |
| * also woken up. |
| * |
| * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP |
| * response packets might not go through correctly. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence |
| * @start: starting value |
| * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet |
| * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 |
| * |
| * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the |
| * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet |
| * in little endian. |
| */ |
| struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { |
| __u32 start, offset, len; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config |
| * @offset: offset of token in packet |
| * @len: length of each token |
| * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must |
| * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense |
| */ |
| struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { |
| __u32 offset, len; |
| __u8 token_stream[]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features |
| * @min_len: minimum token length |
| * @max_len: maximum token length |
| * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) |
| */ |
| struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { |
| __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters |
| * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address |
| * (in network byte order) |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because |
| * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, |
| * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it |
| * might require ARP querying. |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a |
| * socket and port will be allocated |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. |
| * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length |
| * of the data payload. |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration |
| * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature |
| * advertising it is just a flag |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, |
| * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see |
| * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum |
| * interval in feature advertising (u32) |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a |
| * u32 attribute holding the maximum length |
| * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for |
| * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK |
| * but on the TCP payload only. |
| * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes |
| * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { |
| __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, |
| NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, |
| MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information |
| * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported |
| * @pat: packet pattern support information |
| * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs |
| * |
| * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the |
| * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. |
| */ |
| struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { |
| __u32 max_rules; |
| struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; |
| __u32 max_delay; |
| } __attribute__((packed)); |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute |
| * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, |
| * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched |
| * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet |
| * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { |
| __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, |
| NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, |
| NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, |
| NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, |
| NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions |
| * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns |
| * in a rule are matched. |
| * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns |
| * in a rule are not matched. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { |
| NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, |
| NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes |
| * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) |
| * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that |
| * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) |
| * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a |
| * flag attribute for each interface type in this set |
| * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes |
| * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { |
| NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, |
| NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, |
| NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, |
| MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes |
| * |
| * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) |
| * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits |
| * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. |
| * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of |
| * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't |
| * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed |
| * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. |
| * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that |
| * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for |
| * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt |
| * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. |
| * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many |
| * different channels may be used within this group. |
| * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap |
| * of supported channel widths for radar detection. |
| * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap |
| * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. |
| * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of |
| * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations |
| * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). |
| * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes |
| * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number |
| * |
| * Examples: |
| * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 |
| * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs |
| * |
| * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, |
| * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd |
| * |
| * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 |
| * => allows two STAs on different channels |
| * |
| * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 |
| * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces |
| * |
| * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained |
| * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate |
| * that any of these groups must match. |
| * |
| * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, |
| * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always |
| * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid |
| * interface type, the following group always exists: |
| * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { |
| NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, |
| NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, |
| NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, |
| NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, |
| NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, |
| NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, |
| NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, |
| NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, |
| MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine |
| * |
| * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit |
| * state of non existant mesh peer links |
| * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to |
| * this mesh peer |
| * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received |
| * from this mesh peer |
| * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been |
| * received from this mesh peer |
| * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established |
| * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled |
| * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh |
| * plink are discarded |
| * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states |
| * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_plink_state { |
| NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, |
| NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, |
| NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, |
| NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, |
| NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, |
| NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, |
| NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, |
| MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers |
| * |
| * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action |
| * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment |
| * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer |
| * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions |
| */ |
| enum plink_actions { |
| NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, |
| NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, |
| NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, |
| |
| NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, |
| }; |
| |
| |
| #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 |
| #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 |
| #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload |
| * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes |
| * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) |
| * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) |
| * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) |
| * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) |
| * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_rekey_data { |
| __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, |
| NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, |
| NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, |
| NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, |
| MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID |
| * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in |
| * Beacon frames) |
| * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element |
| * in Beacon frames |
| * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID |
| * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { |
| NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, |
| NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, |
| NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes |
| * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute |
| * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format |
| * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. |
| * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same |
| * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). |
| * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal |
| * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { |
| __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, |
| NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, |
| NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates |
| * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes |
| * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher |
| * priority) |
| * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) |
| * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) |
| * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes |
| * (internal) |
| * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute |
| * (internal) |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { |
| __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, |
| NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, |
| NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, |
| NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, |
| MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION |
| * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request |
| * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link |
| * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established |
| * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link |
| * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_tdls_operation { |
| NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, |
| NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, |
| NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, |
| NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, |
| NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, |
| }; |
| |
| /* |
| * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features |
| * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in |
| * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. |
| enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { |
| }; |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back |
| * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the |
| * socket option. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up |
| * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested |
| * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from |
| * cellular base stations. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only |
| * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of |
| * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station |
| * mode |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform |
| * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only |
| * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window |
| * setting |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic |
| * powersave |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state |
| * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver |
| * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding |
| * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated |
| * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag |
| * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply |
| * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized |
| * states using station flags. |
| * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add |
| * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated |
| * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits |
| * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh |
| * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for |
| * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is |
| * still generated by the driver. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor |
| * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor |
| * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming |
| * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic |
| * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the |
| * lifetime of a BSS. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter |
| * Set IE to probe requests. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE |
| * to probe requests. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period |
| * requests sent to it by an AP. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the |
| * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum |
| * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link |
| * Measurement Report action frame. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout |
| * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used |
| * to enable dynack. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial |
| * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain |
| * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial |
| * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain |
| * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, |
| * rts/cts handshake. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM |
| * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS |
| * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it |
| * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring |
| * the vif's MAC address upon creation. |
| * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when |
| * operating as a TDLS peer. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a |
| * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the |
| * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC |
| * address mask/value will be used. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports |
| * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled |
| * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may |
| * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. |
| * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a |
| * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. |
| * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may |
| * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_feature_flags { |
| NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, |
| /* bit 13 is reserved */ |
| NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, |
| NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can |
| * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with |
| * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set |
| * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if |
| * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air |
| * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from |
| * certain groups which can be configured by the |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, |
| * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual |
| * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of |
| * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to |
| * (if available). |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the |
| * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the |
| * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to |
| * (if available). |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of |
| * channel dwell time. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate |
| * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate |
| * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate |
| * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup |
| * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA |
| * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports |
| * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan |
| * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS |
| * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more |
| * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key |
| * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way |
| * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect |
| * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way |
| * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host |
| * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not |
| * be supported. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding |
| * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the |
| * actual dwell time. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe |
| * response |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending |
| * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports |
| * probe request tx deferral and suppression |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL |
| * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. |
| * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, |
| * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, |
| * channel change triggered by radar detection event. |
| * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to |
| * "radar detected" event. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and |
| * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports |
| * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate |
| * TXQs. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the |
| * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data |
| * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested |
| * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine |
| * timing measurement responder role. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are |
| * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys |
| * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or |
| * freeze the connection. |
| * |
| * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. |
| * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, |
| /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, |
| NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, |
| |
| /* add new features before the definition below */ |
| NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, |
| MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported |
| * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. |
| * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. |
| * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported |
| * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a |
| * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded |
| * to the host. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 |
| * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 |
| * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P |
| * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { |
| NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, |
| NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, |
| NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, |
| NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons |
| * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be |
| * handled by the AP is reached. |
| * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { |
| NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, |
| NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons |
| * |
| * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. |
| * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. |
| * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. |
| * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_timeout_reason { |
| NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, |
| NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, |
| NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, |
| NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags |
| * |
| * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling |
| * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN |
| * requests. |
| * |
| * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and |
| * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only |
| * one of them can be used in the request. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority |
| * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning |
| * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured |
| * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is |
| * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames |
| * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only |
| * when really needed |
| * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or |
| * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the |
| * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and |
| * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only |
| * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder |
| * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, |
| * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. |
| * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check |
| * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. |
| * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS |
| * request parameters IE in the probe request |
| * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses |
| * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at |
| * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is dicovered in the channel, |
| * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. |
| * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request |
| * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) |
| * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, |
| * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers |
| * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of |
| * SSID and/or RSSI. |
| * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to |
| * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the |
| * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver |
| * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get |
| * impacted with this flag. |
| * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume |
| * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to |
| * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. |
| * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan |
| * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum |
| * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best |
| * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. |
| * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. |
| * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe |
| * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being |
| * possible. |
| * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to |
| * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless |
| * added by userspace explicitly.) |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_scan_flags { |
| NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, |
| NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, |
| NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, |
| NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, |
| NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, |
| NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, |
| NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, |
| NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, |
| NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, |
| NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, |
| NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, |
| NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, |
| NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy |
| * |
| * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by |
| * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to |
| * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are |
| * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed |
| * in ACL to authenticate. |
| * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed |
| * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_acl_policy { |
| NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, |
| NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode |
| * |
| * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). |
| * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) |
| * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and |
| * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_smps_mode { |
| NL80211_SMPS_OFF, |
| NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, |
| NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, |
| |
| __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation |
| * |
| * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace |
| * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) |
| * |
| * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is |
| * now unusable. |
| * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, |
| * the channel is now available. |
| * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no |
| * change to the channel status. |
| * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is |
| * over, channel becomes usable. |
| * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this |
| * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must |
| * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not |
| * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. |
| * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, |
| * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_radar_event { |
| NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, |
| NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, |
| NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, |
| NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, |
| NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, |
| NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels |
| * |
| * Channel states used by the DFS code. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability |
| * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. |
| * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it |
| * is therefore marked as not available. |
| * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_dfs_state { |
| NL80211_DFS_USABLE, |
| NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, |
| NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features |
| * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting |
| * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the |
| * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_protocol_features { |
| NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers |
| * |
| * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. |
| * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. |
| * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. |
| * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. |
| * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { |
| NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, |
| NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, |
| NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, |
| NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, |
| /* add other protocols before this one */ |
| NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO |
| }; |
| |
| /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ |
| #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. |
| * |
| * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() |
| * |
| * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { |
| NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, |
| }; |
| |
| /* |
| * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set |
| * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated |
| * yet, so that's not valid so far) |
| */ |
| #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 |
| |
| /** |
| * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data |
| * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the |
| * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID |
| * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be |
| * added to this file when needed. |
| * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command |
| */ |
| struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { |
| __u32 vendor_id; |
| __u32 subcmd; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. |
| * |
| * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need |
| * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. |
| * |
| * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. |
| * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. |
| * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { |
| NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, |
| NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, |
| NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan |
| * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In |
| * seconds (u32). |
| * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this |
| * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute |
| * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will |
| * make the scan plan meaningless. |
| * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number |
| * currently defined |
| * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { |
| __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, |
| NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, |
| NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = |
| __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. |
| * |
| * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value |
| * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. |
| * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. |
| */ |
| struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { |
| __u8 band; |
| __s8 delta; |
| } __attribute__((packed)); |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. |
| * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection |
| * is requested. |
| * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS |
| * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. |
| * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver |
| * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of |
| * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). |
| * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for |
| * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing |
| * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure |
| * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. |
| * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. |
| * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. |
| * |
| * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT |
| * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour |
| * which the driver shall use. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { |
| __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, |
| NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, |
| NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, |
| NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type |
| * |
| * Defines the function type of a NAN function |
| * |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_nan_function_type { |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type |
| * |
| * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames |
| * |
| * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited |
| * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { |
| NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, |
| NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason |
| * |
| * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function |
| * |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, |
| }; |
| |
| #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 |
| #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff |
| #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes |
| * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as |
| * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is |
| * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery |
| * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited |
| * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to |
| * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is |
| * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. |
| * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type |
| * is follow up. This is a u8. |
| * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the |
| * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a |
| * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. |
| * This is a flag. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should |
| * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service |
| * specific info. This is a binary attribute. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. |
| * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested |
| * attribute. It is a list of binary values. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a |
| * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. |
| * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. |
| * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. |
| * |
| * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal |
| * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { |
| __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, |
| NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes |
| * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid |
| * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. |
| * This is a flag. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if |
| * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if |
| * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if |
| * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested |
| * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. |
| * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal |
| * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { |
| __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, |
| NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, |
| NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, |
| NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, |
| NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, |
| NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes |
| * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid |
| * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the |
| * match. This is a nested attribute. |
| * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. |
| * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function |
| * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. |
| * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. |
| * |
| * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal |
| * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { |
| __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, |
| NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, |
| NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, |
| NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external |
| * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. |
| * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. |
| * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_external_auth_action { |
| NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, |
| NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement |
| * responder attributes |
| * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid |
| * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled |
| * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element |
| * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10) |
| * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element |
| * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13) |
| * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal |
| * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { |
| __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, |
| |
| NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, |
| NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, |
| NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, |
| NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, |
| }; |
| |
| /* |
| * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics |
| * |
| * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS |
| * when getting FTM responder statistics. |
| * |
| * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
| * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames |
| * were ssfully answered (u32) |
| * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the |
| * frames were successfully answered (u32) |
| * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) |
| * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) |
| * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) |
| * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an |
| * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) |
| * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - |
| * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation |
| * phase with the responder (u32) |
| * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests |
| * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled |
| * FTM slot (u32) |
| * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of |
| * scheduled window (u32) |
| * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore |
| * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal |
| * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { |
| __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, |
| NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, |
| NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, |
| NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, |
| NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, |
| NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, |
| NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, |
| NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, |
| NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, |
| NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, |
| NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, |
| NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
| }; |
| |
| #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ |
